Keyboard Part Number List

133 keyboards found/on record...

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01195500
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00610300
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2018
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=8219f25daa279225

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02290300
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00986500
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2287
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazilian Portuguese
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 3AA02289400

IBM Retail ANPOS Keyboard with MSR

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41J6912
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
41J6913
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M9 RANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with pad-printed legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=0811766ddef08889

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
10J0902
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Storm Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM Retail POS Keyboard with MSR and LCD

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
65Y4680
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
65Y4684
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M8 50-Key RPOS LCD Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2011
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Storm Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=9c18cd9a12b71bca

Toshiba Modular CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01200600
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00611800
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2254
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 7431221

Toshiba ANPOS Keyboard w/ Card Reader

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7431724
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
7431725
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M9 RANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2014
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
SIO via RS-485
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to 8-pin SDL cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20230501152439/https://www.ebay.com/itm/266238701654
Web: https://www.reddit.com/r/keyboards/comments/p22f7b/looking_for_help_identifying_ibm_keyboard_from/

IBM CANPOS Keyboard with MSR

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
54P8790
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" CANPOS MSR Keyboard
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41K6949
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Storm Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41K6959
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canadian French
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
54P8783
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" CANPOS Keyboard
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM Modular 67-Key Keyboard with LCD Display

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7431184
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
50Y7034
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS LCD Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M8-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM Retail Store Solutions
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2013
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with pad-printed legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
67
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has additional part number 7431136
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-M2013-ME8-67

IBM Retail POS Keyboard w/ Card Reader and Display

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
92F6330
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
92F6319
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
6300
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M8 50-Key RPOS LCD Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Maxi Switch, XAC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1993 Q2
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
SIO via RS-485
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Detachable 8-pin SDL to 8-pin SDL cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
49
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price
The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.
$550 USD in 1993
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Made for the IBM 4694 POS System and later reused with the SurePOS 700 Series
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 4694 POS Terminal Model 001 Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#193-150) [source: IBM]

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01199000
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00610800
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2282
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canadian French
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 7431206

IBM Retail POS Keyboard w/ Card Reader and Display

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41J7250
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
41J7260
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
6300
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M8 50-Key RPOS LCD Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2006
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
SIO via RS-485
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to 8-pin SDL cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-M2006-8CR-50
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=32afda3ce435960d

Toshiba Modular CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
00DN121
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
00DN161
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2014
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
133
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=9906b2ee93bf7d60

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41K6947
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Storm Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM USB Retail ANPOS Keyboard w/ MSR

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
86H1075
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M9 RANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Maxi Switch
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2000
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Storm Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB or Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to 12V PoweredUSB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-M2000-9CR-116
ASK: SNKB-M2000-9CR-116-A

IBM Modifiable Layout Keyboard with MSR

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41J8019
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
41J8021
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
3323
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M11 RPOS Modifiable Layout Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2003
WithdrawnWithdrawn
The date this keyboard part number was withdrawn from marketing. This doesn't necessarily mean production or refurbishments ended on the same date, just the keyboard was no longer being sold under normal circumstances from then on.
2010-11-10
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
SIO via RS-485
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to 8-pin SDL cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
133
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size matrix
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with keycap accessory kits 13H7691 and 13H7692
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-M2006-11K-133
Doc: IBM Guide to Features - SurePOS 700 Models x84 & xx3 (#1R1003844-7x3-x84) [source: dokumen.tips]

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
14J0696
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
54P8785
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" CANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XAC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2002
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
German
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=2c9b8574bb029949

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard w/ Keylock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02285800
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Assembled at factory model, MFI number 3AA02284200

Toshiba Modular CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02286000
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00986000
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2150
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
133
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 3AA02284400

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
13G2130
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
3124
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XAC, XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2001 Q3
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price
The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.
$625 USD in 2001
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-M2006-9ME-116
Doc: IBM 4694 Point-of-Sale Systems - New Models Give You Greater Speed and Capacities (#101-276) [source: IBM]

Toshiba Modular CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01200800
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00612000
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2252
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 7431223

Toshiba Modular 67 Key Keyboard w/ Keylock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02286500
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M7-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to PS/2 mini-DIN or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
67
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Assembled at factory model, MFI number 3AA02284900

Toshiba Modular CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02286100
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00986100
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2151
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 3AA02284500

Toshiba Modular CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02286200
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00986200
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2152
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canadian-French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 3AA02284600

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02285400
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00985800
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2283
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 3AA02283800

IBM Retail ANPOS Keyboard w/ Card Reader

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
92F6275
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
93F1925
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
3202
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M9 RANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Lexmark, Maxi Switch
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1993 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
SIO via RS-485
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Detachable 8-pin SDL cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK ISO
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price
The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.
$625 USD in 1993
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Made for the IBM 4693 POS System, 4694 POS System and SurePOS 700 Series
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-M1996-9CR-117
Doc: IBM 4694 POS Terminal Model 001 Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#193-150) [source: IBM]

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02285600
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Assembled at factory model, MFI number 3AA02284000, US, LA and EMEA only

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02290500
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00986700
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2293
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to PS/2 mini-DIN or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 3AA02289600

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02285500
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00985900
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2285
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canadian French
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 3AA02283900

Toshiba Modular 67-Key Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
00DN207
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
00DN236
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M7-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2016
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
ABS with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to PS/2 mini-DIN or White straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
67
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=e2924fc643be03d1

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41K6963
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with pad-printed legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
54P8784
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" CANPOS Keyboard
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazilian Portuguese
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41K6955
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02285700
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Assembled at factory model, MFI number 3AA0228410, US, LA and EMEA only

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
14J0601
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01199100
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00610900
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2292
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazilian Portuguese
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 7431207

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
14J0695
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM Modular CANPOS II Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
93Y1231
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
65Y4641
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
1350
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2011
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
133
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
SMU part number 44T4143
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-M2011-MEC-133
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM Retail POS Keyboard with MSR and LCD

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
44D1890
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
41J7256
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M8 50-Key RPOS LCD Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with pad-printed legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=1461d7ec5255de1c

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01198800
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00610600
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2286
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 7431204

IBM Retail POS Keyboard with MSR and LCD

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
39X8738
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
39X8738
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M8 50-Key RPOS LCD Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2009
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with pad-printed legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=350b1d5ad5814856
Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20230613150502/https://www.posrg.ca/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/products.pdf.pdf

Toshiba Modular CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01200700
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00611900
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2251
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 7431222

IBM CANPOS Keyboard with MSR

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
54P8792
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" CANPOS MSR Keyboard
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
German
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

Toshiba Modular 67 Key Keyboard w/ LCD

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02286700
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00986400
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2241
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS LCD Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M8-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to PS/2 mini-DIN or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
67
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 3AA02285100

Toshiba Modular 67 Key Keyboard w/ Keylock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02286600
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M7-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to PS/2 mini-DIN or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
67
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Assembled at factory model, MFI number 3AA02285000

IBM CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
54P8781
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" CANPOS Keyboard
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
10J0903
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Storm Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

Toshiba Modular CANPOS Keyboard w/ Touchpad & Point Stick

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02286300
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
133
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Assembled at factory model, MFI number 3AA02284700

Toshiba Modular CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01201000
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00612200
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2253
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canadian French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 7431225

IBM CANPOS Keyboard with MSR

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
54P8787
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" CANPOS MSR Keyboard
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41K6965
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with pad-printed legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM CANPOS Keyboard with MSR

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
54P8791
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" CANPOS MSR Keyboard
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazilian Portuguese
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

Toshiba Modular CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02290800
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00987000
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2154
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazilian Portuguese
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 3AA02289900

Toshiba Modular 67 Key Keyboard w/ LCD & MSR/Keylock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01203000
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS LCD Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M8-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to PS/2 mini-DIN or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
67
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Assembled at factory model, MFI number 3AA02289000

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
13G2127
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XAC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2004
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Storm Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader

IBM CANPOS Keyboard with MSR

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
54P8786
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" CANPOS MSR Keyboard
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
133
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02290600
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00986800
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2295
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK English
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 3AA02289700

IBM CANPOS Keyboard with MSR

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
54P8788
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" CANPOS MSR Keyboard
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM Modular ANPOS II Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
93Y1223
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
93Y1203
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2011
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK ISO
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-M2011-MAN-117
Doc: Toshiba Guide to Features - SurePOS 700 Models 4900-xx5 (#1R1003844-xx5) [source: manualzz]

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41K6961
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with pad-printed legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canadian French
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM Modifiable Layout Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
92F6290
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
3323
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M11 RPOS Modifiable Layout Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4694 POS Terminal (IBM 4690 family)
IBM 4800 SurePOS 700 Series
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Lexmark, Maxi Switch, XAC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1993 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
SIO via RS-485
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to 8-pin SDL cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
133
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size matrix
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price
The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.
$645 USD in 1993
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 4694 POS Terminal Model 001 Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#193-150) [source: IBM]

Toshiba Modular CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02291000
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00987200
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2156
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 3AA02290100

IBM Retail ANPOS Keyboard w/ Card Reader

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
92F6272
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
3206
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M9 RANPOS Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4693 POS Terminal (IBM 4690 family)
IBM 4694 POS Terminal (IBM 4690 family)
IBM 4800 SurePOS 700 Series
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Lexmark, Maxi Switch
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1993 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
SIO via RS-485
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to 8-pin SDL cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price
The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.
$625 USD in 1993
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 4694 POS Terminal Model 001 Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#193-150) [source: IBM]

IBM Retail ANPOS Keyboard with MSR

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41J6958
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
41J6959
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M9 RANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
SIO via RS-485
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to 8-pin SDL cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=86ce26fb770819e9

IBM Retail ANPOS Keyboard w/ Card Reader

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
92F6278
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
3200
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M9 RANPOS Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4693 POS Terminal (IBM 4690 family)
IBM 4694 POS Terminal (IBM 4690 family)
IBM 4800 SurePOS 700 Series
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Lexmark, Maxi Switch
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1993 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
SIO via RS-485
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to 8-pin SDL cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazilian/Portuguese
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price
The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.
$625 USD in 1993
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 4694 POS Terminal Model 001 Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#193-150) [source: IBM]

IBM USB Retail ANPOS Keyboard w/ MSR

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
86H1066
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M9 RANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Maxi Switch
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2000
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Storm Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
DE ISO
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-M2000-9CR-117

Toshiba Modular 67 Key Keyboard w/ LCD

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01202800
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00613000
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2240
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS LCD Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M8-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to PS/2 mini-DIN or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
67
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 7431235

IBM Modular CANPOS II Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
93Y1233
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
65Y4643
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2012
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-M2012-MEC-134
ASK: SNKB-M2012-MEC-134-A

IBM Retail POS Keyboard w/ Card Reader

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
92F6320
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
93F1918
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
3320
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M7 50-Key RPOS MSR Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4694 POS Terminal (IBM 4690 family)
IBM 4800 SurePOS 700 Series
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Lexmark, Maxi Switch, XAC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1993 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
SIO via RS-485
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to 8-pin SDL cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price
The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.
$390 USD in 1993
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-M2004-7CR-50
Doc: IBM 4694 POS Terminal Model 001 Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#193-150) [source: IBM]

IBM Modular 67-Key Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
65Y4045
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
65Y4091
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M7-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM Retail Store Solutions
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2010
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with pad-printed legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
67
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=5918f81954e2a18a

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
10J0793
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
10J0904
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Storm Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

Toshiba Modular 67 Key Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02286400
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00986300
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2271
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M7-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to PS/2 mini-DIN or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
67
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 3AA02284800

IBM Retail ANPOS Keyboard w/ Card Reader

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
92F6271
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
93F1921
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
3324
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M9 RANPOS Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4693 POS Terminal (IBM 4690 family)
IBM 4694 POS Terminal (IBM 4690 family)
IBM 4800 SurePOS 700 Series
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Lexmark, Maxi Switch
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1993 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
SIO via RS-485
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to 8-pin SDL cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price
The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.
$625 USD in 1993
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 4694 POS Terminal Model 001 Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#193-150) [source: IBM]

IBM 4613 SurePOS 100 Express System Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
44D4035
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
44D4011
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" 4613 96-Key POS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM Retail Store Solutions
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008 Q2
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
96
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Ortholinear
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-M2012-MEO-96
Doc: IBM SurePOS 100 Express System Hardware Announcement (#108-362) [source: IBM]

IBM USB Retail ANPOS Keyboard w/ MSR

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
86H1059
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
3870
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M9 RANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Maxi Switch
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2002
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK ISO
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM SurePOS 750 Models Enhanced Product Announcement (#AG02-0015) [source: IBM]

Toshiba Modular CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01201200
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00612400
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2257
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Turkey
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 7431227

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41K6943
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Storm Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM Retail POS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41J7247
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
41J7257
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M7-1 50-Key RPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2007
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20220729220004/https://produto.mercadolivre.com.br/MLB-1929010107-teclado-de-pdv-ibm-m7-1-_JM

IBM USB Retail POS Keyboard w/o MSR

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
86H1086
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M7-1 50-Key RPOS Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4800 SurePOS 700 Series
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Maxi Switch
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2000
WithdrawnWithdrawn
The date this keyboard part number was withdrawn from marketing. This doesn't necessarily mean production or refurbishments ended on the same date, just the keyboard was no longer being sold under normal circumstances from then on.
2005-07-01
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Storm Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: Hardware withdrawal: IBM Point of Sale product part numbers from the SAP-HVEC ordering process (#905-147) [source: IBM]
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=18ccd619c2da10eb

Toshiba POS System Keyboard w/ Card Reader & LCD

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7431822
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
7431826
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M8 50-Key RPOS LCD Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2014
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with pad-printed legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=c9ee33e1d8176b35

IBM USB Retail POS Keyboard w/o MSR

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
86H1082
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
86H1082
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M7-1 50-Key RPOS Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4800 SurePOS 700 Series
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2005
WithdrawnWithdrawn
The date this keyboard part number was withdrawn from marketing. This doesn't necessarily mean production or refurbishments ended on the same date, just the keyboard was no longer being sold under normal circumstances from then on.
2005-07-01
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: Hardware withdrawal: IBM Point of Sale product part numbers from the SAP-HVEC ordering process (#905-147) [source: IBM]
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=e1c9abcd765627b8

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
14J0694
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
54P8782
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" CANPOS Keyboard
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canadian French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01198700
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00610500
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2284
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK English
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 7431203

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01198500
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00610300
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2280
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 7431201

IBM SurePoint 4820 Monitor Keypad and MSR Extension

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
40N6377
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" 4820 32-Key POS Keypad
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM Retail Store Solutions
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
31
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Keypad
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-M2010-MES-32

IBM Modular CANPOS II Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
93Y1232
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
65Y4642
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
1350
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2012
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module

Toshiba Modular 67 Key Keyboard w/ LCD & MSR/Keylock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02286800
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS LCD Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M8-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to PS/2 mini-DIN or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
67
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Assembled at factory model, MFI number 3AA02285200

IBM Modular 67-Key Keyboard with LCD Display

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
65Y4044
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
65Y4094
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS LCD Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M8-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM Retail Store Solutions
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2011
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
67
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=c8a87878396b89b1

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41K6945
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Storm Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

Toshiba Modular 67 Key Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01201800
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00612800
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2270
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M7-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to PS/2 mini-DIN or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
67
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 7431233

IBM CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
44D1860
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
44D1861
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" CANPOS MSR Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM Retail Store Solutions
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK ISO
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-M2008-MEC-134
Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20220508165334/https://www.ebay.co.uk/itm/312568372578?nordt=true&orig_cvip=true

IBM Retail POS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
92F6310
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
60G4138
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
3315
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M7-1 50-Key RPOS Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4694 POS Terminal (IBM 4690 family)
IBM 4800 SurePOS 700 Series
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Lexmark, Maxi Switch, XAC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1993 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
SIO via RS-485
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to 8-pin SDL cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price
The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.
$300 USD in 1993
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 4694 POS Terminal Model 001 Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#193-150) [source: IBM]

IBM Modular 67-Key Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
65Y4047
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
65Y4095
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M7-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM Retail Store Solutions
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2011
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with pad-printed legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
67
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has additional part number 44T4058
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-M2011-ME7-67

IBM Retail POS Keyboard with MSR and LCD

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
44D1891
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
41J7255
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M8 50-Key RPOS LCD Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Storm Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB or Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to 12V PoweredUSB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=f1aec988973c4a37

IBM Retail ANPOS Keyboard w/ Card Reader

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
92F6273
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
3201
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M9 RANPOS Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4693 POS Terminal (IBM 4690 family)
IBM 4694 POS Terminal (IBM 4690 family)
IBM 4800 SurePOS 700 Series
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Lexmark, Maxi Switch
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1993 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
SIO via RS-485
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to 8-pin SDL cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canadian/French
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price
The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.
$625 USD in 1993
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 4694 POS Terminal Model 001 Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#193-150) [source: IBM]

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
10J0795
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM USB Retail ANPOS Keyboard w/ MSR

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
86H1074
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
3845
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M9 RANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Maxi Switch
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2002
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM SurePOS 750 Models Enhanced Product Announcement (#AG02-0015) [source: IBM]

Toshiba Modular CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01201100
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00612300
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2255
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazilian Portuguese
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 7431226

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
00DN181
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
00DN210
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2014
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20220406140201/https://www.neweggbusiness.com/product/product.aspx?item=9siv0wgdbt3195

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41K6951
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

Toshiba Modular CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02290900
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00987100
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2155
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
German
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 3AA02290000

Toshiba Modular CANPOS Keyboard w/ Touchpad & Point Stick

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01201700
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
133
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Assembled at factory model, MFI number 3AA02288900

IBM Retail POS Keyboard w/ Card Reader

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41J7248
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
3320
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M7 50-Key RPOS MSR Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2006
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to 8-pin SDL cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-M2006-7CR-49

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
10J0905
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Storm Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM Retail POS Keyboard with MSR and LCD

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
65Y4677
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
65Y4681
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M8 50-Key RPOS LCD Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2011
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
SIO via RS-485
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to 8-pin SDL cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=cf8dd6ec332add34

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41K6953
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

Toshiba Modular CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01200500
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00611700
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2250
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
133
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 7431220

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01198900
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00610700
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2288
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
German
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 7431205

Toshiba Modular CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02290700
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00986900
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2153
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Turkey
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 3AA02289800

IBM CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
54P8780
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" CANPOS Keyboard
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM CANPOS Keyboard with MSR

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
54P8789
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" CANPOS MSR Keyboard
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canadian French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41K6967
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with pad-printed legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02290400
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00986600
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2289
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
German
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 3AA02289700

Toshiba Modular 67-Key Keyboard with 2x20 LCD

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
00DN136
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
00DN174
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS LCD Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M8-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2016
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to PS/2 mini-DIN or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
67
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=da02ef944844de6d

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41K6957
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
54P8779
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" CANPOS Keyboard
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2003
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to PS/2 mini-DIN cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
133
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM USB Modifiable Layout Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
86H1067
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
86H1067
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M11 RPOS Modifiable Layout Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4800 SurePOS 700 Series
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2003
WithdrawnWithdrawn
The date this keyboard part number was withdrawn from marketing. This doesn't necessarily mean production or refurbishments ended on the same date, just the keyboard was no longer being sold under normal circumstances from then on.
2005-07-01
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
133
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size matrix
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: Hardware withdrawal: IBM Point of Sale product part numbers from the SAP-HVEC ordering process (#905-147) [source: IBM]
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=e0922494767c769d

IBM Retail POS Keyboard w/ Card Reader

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41J7243
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
41J7253
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M7 50-Key RPOS MSR Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
Pad-printed legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-M2010-7CR-50
Web: https://www.posbarcodeparts.com/ibm-pos-41j7243-41j7253-50keys-keyboard/

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01198600
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00610400
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2290
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 7431202

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
10J0794
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to PS/2 mini-DIN cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

Toshiba POS System Keyboard w/ Card Reader

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7431818
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
7431830
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
3320
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model M7 50-Key RPOS MSR Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2012 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with lasered legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to 8-pin SDL cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Functional keypad
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-M2014-7CR-49

IBM Modular CANPOS II Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
93Y1131
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
65Y4071
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM Retail Store Solutions
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2011
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
133
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
SMU part number 44T4142
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=15979a5a7f07cabc
CreditsCredits
A reserved special acknowledgement to anyone who has helped me with research through social media, email or via the P/N submission form for this keyboard part number.
CoolPenguin1#5714

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
10J0796
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to PS/2 mini-DIN cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
41K6969
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
XSZ
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2008 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with pad-printed legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
117
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Key-lock
Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

Toshiba Modular CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA01200900
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00612100
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2256
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Iron Grey
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
134
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
German
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 7431224

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02285300
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number
Field Replaceable Unit
The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.
3AC00985700
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code
The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.
2281
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 3AA02283700

Toshiba Modular ANPOS Keyboard w/ Keylock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
3AA02285900
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
M9-e
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
Toshiba TEC
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
2020
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Raven (Stealth) Black
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual mini-DIN PS/2 or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
116
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse
Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Assembled at factory model, MFI number 3AA02284300